2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
# GTK+'s Spanish translation.
# Copyright © 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+ package.
# Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>, 1998-2000.
# José Antonio Salgueiro A. <joseantsa@eresmas.net>, 2001.
# Carlos Perelló Marín <carlos@gnome-db.org>, 2002.
# Germán Poo-Caamaño <gpoo@ubiobio.cl>, 2002.
# Pablo Gonzalo del Campo <pablodc@bigfoot.com>, 2002-2003.
# Juan Manuel García Molina <juanma_gm@wanadoo.es>, 2003.
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
# Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>, 2003, 2004, 2005
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: GTK-2.7\n"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-24 18:44+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-24 18:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@gnome.org>\n"
"Language-Team: <traductores@es.gnome.org>\n"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:110
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of Channels"
msgstr "Número de canales"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:111
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "El número de muestras por píxel"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:120
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Colorspace"
msgstr "Espacio de color"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:121
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El espacio de color en el que se interpretan las muestras"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:129
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Alpha"
msgstr "Tiene alfa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:130
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
msgstr "Indica si el búfer de píxeles tiene canal alfa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:143
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bits per Sample"
msgstr "Bits por muestra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:144
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
msgstr "El número de bits por muestra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:153 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:651
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:242
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Anchura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:154
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
msgstr "El número de columnas del búfer de imagen"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:163 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:660
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:164
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
msgstr "El número de filas del búfer de la imagen"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:180
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "Separación de filas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:181
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Número de bytes entre el inicio de una fila y el inicio de la siguiente fila"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:190
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr "Píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:191
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
msgstr "Un puntero al dato de píxel del búfer de píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:129
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:130
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "La pantalla predeterminada para GDK"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:510 ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:117 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:540
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:511
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
msgstr "El GdkScreen para el renderizador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:206
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nombre del programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:207
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El nombre del programa. Si no estuviese establecido, se obtendrá de forma "
"predeterminada mediante g_get_application_name()"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:221
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión del programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:222
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "La versión del programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:236
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr "Cadena del Copyright"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:237
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr "Información de derechos de copia del programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:254
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadena de comentarios"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:255
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios acerca del programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:289
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL del sitio web"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:290
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "La URL para el enlace al sitio web del programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:306
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta del sitio web"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:307
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La etiqueta para el enlace al sitio web del programa. Si no está "
"establecida, se usará la URL de forma predeterminada"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:323
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:324
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "List of authors of the program"
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de autores del programa"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:340
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:341
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de gente documentando el programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:357
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:358
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Lista de gente que han contribuido con trabajo artístico al programa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:375
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Créditos de traducción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:376
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Créditos a los traductores. Esta cadena debería marcarse como traducible"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:391
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:392
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Un logo para la caja acerca de. Si no se establece, lo predeterminado es "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:407
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
2004-10-30 14:19:48 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del icono del logotipo"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:408
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
2004-10-30 14:19:48 +00:00
msgstr "Un icono con nombre para usar como el logo para la caja «Acerca de»."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:421
2005-07-06 15:33:54 +00:00
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Saltar licencia"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:422
2005-07-06 15:33:54 +00:00
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica si se debe saltar el texto de la licencia"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:429
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Link Color"
msgstr "Color del enlace"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:430
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Color of hyperlinks"
msgstr "Color de los hiperenlaces"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:143
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Cierre del acelerador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:144
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "El cierre a monitorizar para cambios en el acelerador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:150
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget acelerador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:151
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "El widget a monitorizar para cambios en el acelerador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:197 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:135
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nombre"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:198
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nombre único para la acción."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:205 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:226 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:206
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:128 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:322 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:187
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:206
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"La etiqueta usada para los elementos de menú y botones que activan esta "
"acción."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:213
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta corta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:214
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Una etiqueta más corta que podría usarse en los botones de la barra de "
"herramientas."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:220
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Consejo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:221
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Un consejo para esta acción."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Icon"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Icono de inventario"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:228
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El icono de inventario mostrado en los widgets representando esta acción."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:235 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:160
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visible si es horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:236 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:161
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica si el elemento de la barra de herramientas es visible cuando la barra "
"esté en orientación horizontal."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:251
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Visible when overflown"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Visible cuando rebosa"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:252
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Cuando sea TRUE (verdadero), los proxies de menú se representan en el menú "
"de rebosamiento de la barra de tareas."
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:259 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:167
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visible si es vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:260 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:168
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica si el elemento de la barra de herramientas es visible cuando la barra "
"esté en orientación vertical."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:267 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:174
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "Es importante"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:268
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica si la acción es considerada importante. Cuando sea TRUE (verdadero), "
"los proxies del elemento toolitem muestran texto en el modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ. "
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:276
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar si está vacío"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:277
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
"Cuando sea TRUE (verdadero), los proxies de menú vacíos para esta aplicación "
"se ocultarán."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:283 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:142
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:455
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:284
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica si la acción está activada."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:290 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:149
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:448
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:291
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica si la acción es visible."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:297
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:298
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"El GtkActionGroup con el que esta GtkAction está asociada, o NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:136
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nombre para el grupo de la acción."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:143
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica si el grupo de acción está activado."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:150
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica si el grupo de acción es visible."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:116 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:116
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:304
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:117
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "El valor del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:133
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:134
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "El valor mínimo del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:154
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "El valor máximo del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:170
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento del paso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:171
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "El incremente del paso del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:187
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de página"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:188
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "El incremento de página del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:207
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de página"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:208
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "El tamaño de página del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:119
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Alineación horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:120 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:277
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal del hijo en el espacio disponible. 0.0 es alineado a la "
"izquierda, 1.0 es alineado a la derecha"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:129
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Alineación vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:130 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:296
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical del hijo en el espacio disponible. 0.0 es alineado arriba, "
"1.0 es alineado abajo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:138
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:139
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Si el espacio horizontal disponible es mayor que el necesitado para el hijo, "
"cuanto se debe utilizar para el hijo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:147
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:148
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Si el espacio vertical disponible es mayor que el necesitado para el hijo, "
"cuanto se debe utilizar para el hijo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:165
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Relleno superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:166
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "El relleno a introducir por encima del widget."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:182
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Relleno inferior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:183
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "El relleno a introducir por debajo del widget."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:199
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Relleno por la izquierda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:200
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "El relleno a introducir por el lado izquierdo del widget."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:216
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Padding"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Relleno por la derecha"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:217
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "El relleno a introducir por el lado derecho del widget."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:101
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección de la flecha"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:102
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "La dirección a la que la flecha deberá apuntar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:109
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra de la flecha"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Apariencia de las sombras que rodean la flecha"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:111
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Alineación horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:112
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "Alineación X para el hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:118
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Alineación vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:119
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Alineación Y para el hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:125
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:126
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Proporción si obey_child es FALSE"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:132
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer al hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:133
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Forzar la proporción para que coincida con la forma del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:121
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Anchura mínima del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:122
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Mínima anchura de los botones dentro de la caja"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:130
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:131
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Altura mínima de los botones dentro de la caja"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:139
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Anchura interna de relleno del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:140
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Cantidad en la que se incrementa el tamaño del hijo por cada lado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:148
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de relleno del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:149
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Cantidad en la que se incrementa el tamaño del hijo por arriba y por abajo"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:157
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Layout style"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo de la distribución"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:158
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
"Como disponer los botones en la caja. Los valores posibles son: "
"predeterminado, esparcidos, esquinas, inicio y final"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE, el hijo aparece en un grupo secundario de hijos, útil por "
"ejemplo para botones de ayuda."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:131 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:230 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:621
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:251
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:132
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "La cantidad de espacio entre hijos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:141 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:477 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:558
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogéneo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:142
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica si todos los hijos deben ser del mismo tamaño"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:149 ../gtk/gtkpreview.c:134 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:550
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expand"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Expandir"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:150
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica si el hijo debe recibir espacio extra cuando el padre crece"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:156
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fill"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Llenar"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:157
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Indica si debe otorgarse espacio extra para que el hijo pueda ser asignado "
"en el hijo o usado como relleno"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:163
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Relleno"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:164
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr "Espacio extra para colocar entre el hijo y sus vecinos, en píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:170
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:171 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:521
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Un GtkPackType que indica si el hijo debería esta empaquetado con referencia "
"al inicio o el final del padre"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:177 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:499 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:245
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:142
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:178 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:500
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "La posición del hijo en el padre"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto del widget etiqueta dentro del botón, si el botón contiene un widget "
"etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:234 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:214 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:343
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:194
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Utilizar subrayado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:215 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:344
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Si se selecciona, un subrayado en el texto indica que el siguiente carácter "
"debe utilizarse como el nemotécnico de la combinación de teclas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:242
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:243
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si se selecciona, la etiqueta se utiliza para tomar un elemento del "
"inventario en vez de ser mostrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:250 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:681
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar al pulsar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:251
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si el botón obtiene el foco al ser pulsado con el ratón"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:258
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relieve del borde"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:259
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo del relieve del borde"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:276
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Alineación horizontal para el descendiente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:295
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Alineación vertical para el descendiente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:312 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:133
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget imagen"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:313
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget hijo que aparecerá al lado del texto del botón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:421
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado predeterminado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:422
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
msgstr "Espacio extra a añadir para los botones CAN_DEFAULT"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:428
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Espaciado exterior prefeterminado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:429
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside the "
"border"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espacio extra a añadir para los botones CAN_DEFAULT que están siempre "
"dibujados fuera del borde"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:434
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desplazamiento X del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:435
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Distancia en la dirección x que debe moverse el hijo cuando se suelta el "
"botón"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:442
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desplazamiento Y del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:443
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Distancia en la dirección y que debe moverse el hijo cuando se suelta el "
"botón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:459
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desplazar el foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:460
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si las propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar también "
"al rectángulo del foco"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:465
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imágenes en los botones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:466
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si deben mostrarse o no los iconos de inventario en los botones"
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:419
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Año"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:420
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "El año seleccionado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:426
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:427
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "El mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 y 11)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:433
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:434
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"El día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 y 31, o 0 para deseleccionar el "
"día actualmente seleccionado)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:448
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar titular"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:449
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Si es TRUE, se muestra un titular"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:463
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar nombres de los días"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:464
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Si es TRUE, se muestran los nombres de los días"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:477
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sin cambiar mes"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:478
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Si es TRUE, el mes seleccionado no puede cambiarse"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:492
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar número de la semana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:493
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Si es TRUE, se muestran los números de la semana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:206
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:207
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo edición del renderizador de celdas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:216
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar la celda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:223
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar la celda sensible"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:230
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "La alineación x"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:240
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "La alineación y"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:250
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "El xpad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:260
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "El ypad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "width"
msgstr "ancho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "El ancho fijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:280
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "height"
msgstr "alto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:281
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "La altura fija"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:290
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expander"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Es expansor"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row has children"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "La fila tiene hijos"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expanded"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Está expandido"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:300
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Fila es la fila de extensor, y está expandida"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nombre del color de fondo de la celda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:308
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Color de fondo de la celda como una cadena"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Color de fondo de la celda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Color de fondo de la celda como GdkColor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:324
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Establecer el fondo de la celda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:325
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el color de fondo de la celda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:89
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:90
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "El modelo que contiene los valores posibles para la caja combo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:122
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:111 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:123
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Una columna en el modelo de origen de datos del que se obtienen las cadenas"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Tiene entrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:129
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si es «FALSE», no permitir introducir cadenas distintas de las elegidas"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Objeto Pixbuf"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "El pixbuf a renderizar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Extensor abierto pixbuf"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El pixbuf para el expansor abierto"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:161
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Extensor cerrado pixbuf"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:162
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El pixbuf para el expansor cerrado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:169 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:203
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID del inventario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:170
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El ID inventario del icono de inventario a renderizar"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:177
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:178
2004-02-17 01:30:05 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El valor de GTKIconSize que especifica el tamaño del icono renderizado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:187
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado a pasar al motor de temas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:205 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:261
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:532
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nombre del icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:262
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "El nombre del icono del tema de iconos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:221
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir estado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:222
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acuerdo al estado"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:117
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor de la barra de progreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:134 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:219
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:577 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:206
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:135
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto en la barra de progreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto a renderizar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto resaltado a renderizar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:235 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:329
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Un lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar al texto del renderizador"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:243
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo simple"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica si debe mantenerse o no todo el texto en un sólo parágrafo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:183
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:211
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nombre del color de fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:184
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:212
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Color de fondo como una cadena"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:219
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Color de fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:191
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Color de fondo como GdkColor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:245
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color name"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del color de primer plano"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:246
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Color de primer plano como una cadena"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:276 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:253
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Color de primer plano"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Color de primer plano como GdkColor"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:285 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:509
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:279 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:578
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:280
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:579
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si el texto puede modificarse por el usuario"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:287 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:295
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string"
msgstr "Descripción de la tipografía como una cadena"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:296
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descripción de la tipografía como una estructura PangoFontDescription"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:310 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:304
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia tipográfica"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:305
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Nombre de la familia tipográfica, ej. Sans,·Helvética,·Times,·Monospace"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:318 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:312
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:327 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:328
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:336 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:337
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:330
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Ancho de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:346 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:347
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:341
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Estiramiento de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:365 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:370
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:366 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:371
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño de la tipografía en puntos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:375 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:360
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:376
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:385 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:429
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:386
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Desplazamiento del texto sobre la línea base (por debajo de la línea base la "
"elevación es negativa)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:397 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:469
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Tachar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:470
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica si se tacha el texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:405 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:477
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subrayado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:406 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:478
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subrayado de este texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:414 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:389
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:415
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"El lenguaje en que esta este texto, como un código ISO. Pango puede usar "
"esto como una ayuda cuando esta renderizando el texto. Si no comprende este "
"parámetro probablemente no lo necesite"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:435
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:243
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Elipsis"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:436
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El lugar preferido para la elipsis de la cadena, si el renderizador de la "
"celda no tiene espacio suficiente para mostrar la cadena completa"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:367
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:455
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Anchura en caracteres"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:456 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:456
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "La anchura deseada de la etiqueta, en caracteres"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:474 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:486
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Cómo romper la cadena en líneas múltiples, si el renderizador de la celda no "
"tiene suficiente espacio para mostrar la cadena completa"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:494 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:571
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Ajustar anchura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:495
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "La anchura a la que el texto se ajusta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:198
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:556
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Establecer fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:508 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:199
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:557
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el color de fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:511 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Establecer primer plano"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta al color de frente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:515 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Establecer editabilidad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:516 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta la editabilidad del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:519 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family set"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Establecer familia tipográfica"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:520 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta a la familia de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Establecer el estilo de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:524 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el estilo de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:527 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant set"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Establecer variante de la tipografía"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:528 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta la variante de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Establecer el peso de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el peso de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Establecer el ancho de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:536 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el estiramiento de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:539 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Establecer el tamaño de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:540 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el tamaño de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Establecer la escala de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si esta marca escala el tamaño de la tipografía por un factor"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:547 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Establecer elevamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:548 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta la elevación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:551 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Establecer el tachado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:552 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el tachado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Establecer subrayado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:556 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el subrayado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Establecer idioma"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:560 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta al idioma en que se renderiza el texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Establecer elipsis"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:564
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si esta etiqueta afecta el modo de elipsis"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toggle state"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Estado conmutable"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:144
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El estado conmutable del botón"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "El estado inconsistente del botón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:159
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El botón de conmutable puede ser activado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:167
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Radio state"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Estado radio"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:168
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Dibujar el botón de activación como un botón de radio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:142
#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:203
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño del indicador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:102 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:144
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño del·indicador·de·radio·o·marcado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:109 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:256
#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:209
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio del indicador"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:110
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio que rodea el indicador de radio o marcado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:119 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:135
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:120
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica si el elemento de menú esta marcado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:127 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:143
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:128
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica si se debe mostrar un estado «inconsistente»"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:135
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Dibujar como un elemento de menú de radio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:136
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si la apariencia del elemento de menú es como un elemento de radio"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica si debe darse o no un valor alfa al color"
# components/music/nautilus-music-view.c:198
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:353
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:220
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "El título del diálogo de selección del color"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1888
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Color actual"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "El color seleccionado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:249 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1895
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:250
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"El valor de opacidad actual (0 es completamente transparente, 65535 es "
"completamente opaco)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1874
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Tiene control de opacidad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1875
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica si el selector de color permite seleccionar la opacidad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1881
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Tiene paleta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1882
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si se debe usar una paleta"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1889
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "El color actual"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1896
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"El valor de opacidad actual (0 es completamente transparente, 65535 es "
"completamente opaco)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1910
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1911
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Paleta que se usará en el selector de colores"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:146
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable arrow keys"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Activar teclas de flecha"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:147
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si las teclas de flechas se mueven a través de la lista de elementos"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:153
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Always enable arrows"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Siempre activar flechas"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:154
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
msgstr "Propiedad obsoleta, ignorada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:160
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "Sensible al caso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:161
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si la lista de elementos coincidentes es sensible a la capitalización"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:168
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow empty"
msgstr "Permitir vacío"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:169
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si se puede introducir en este campo en valor vacío."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:176
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value in list"
msgstr "Valor en la lista"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombo.c:177
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si los valores introducidos deben estar ya presentes en la lista"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:554
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de CajaCombo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:555
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "El modelo para la caja combo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:572
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for layouting the items in a grid"
msgstr "Ajusta la anchura para distribuir los elementos en una rejilla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:594
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Expandir filas a columnas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:595
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contiene los valores de expansión de la fila"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:616
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna expande columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:617
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contiene los valores de expansión de columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:637
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:638
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The item which is currently active"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "El elemento que está activo actualmente"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:657 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:232
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Añadir tiradores a los menús"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:658
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si los desplegables deben tener in elemento del menú como tirador"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:673 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:534
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Tiene marco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:674
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si la caja combo tiene un marco alrededor del hijo"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:682
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si la caja combo obtiene el foco cuando se pulsa con el ratón"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:688
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Appears as list"
2004-03-06 16:34:13 +00:00
msgstr "Aparece como una lista"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:689
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si los desplegables deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo redimensionar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica como se manejan los eventos de redimensionado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border width"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura del borde"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "La anchura del borde vacío fuera de los contenedores hijos"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Puede usarse para añadir un hijo nuevo al contenedor"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:124
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Curve type"
msgstr "Tipo de curva"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:125
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si esta curva es lineal, interpolada de splines, o forma libre"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:132
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum X"
msgstr "X mínimo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:133
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
msgstr "Valor mínimo posible para X"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:141
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum X"
msgstr "X máximo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:142
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible X value"
msgstr "Máximo valor posible para X"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:150
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Y"
msgstr "Y mínimo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:151
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
msgstr "Valor mínimo posible para Y"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:159
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Y"
msgstr "Y máximo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcurve.c:160
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
msgstr "Máximo valor posible para Y"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:149
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "Tiene separador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:150
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "La ventana tiene una barra separadora sobre sus botones"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:175
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Borde del área de contenidos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:176
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Ancho del borde alrededor del área principal de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:183
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado de los botones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:184
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espaciado entre los botones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:192
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Borde del área de acción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:193
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Ancho del borde alrededor del área del botón en la parte inferior de la "
"ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:489 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:400
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición del cursor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:490 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:401
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "La posición actual del cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:499 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:410
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:500 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:411
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"La posición en caracteres del extremo opuesto de la selección desde el cursor"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:510
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si los contenidos de la entrada pueden editarse"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:517
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:518
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Cantidad máxima de caracteres para esta entrada. Cero si no hay máximo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:526
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:527
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE muestra el «carácter invisible» en lugar del texto actual (modo "
"contraseña)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:535
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE quita el bisel exterior de la entrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:542
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:543
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"El carácter a usar cuando se oculte los contenidos de la entrada (en «modo "
"contraseña»)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:550
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Activar por omisión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:551
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Indica si se debe activar el widget predeterminado (como el botón "
"predeterminado en una ventana) cuando se presione INTRO"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:557
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Ancho en caracteres"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:558
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgstr "Número de caracteres para dejar de espacio para esta entrada"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:567
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación del desplazamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:568
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Cantidad de píxeles de la entrada desplazados fuera de la pantalla hacia la "
"izquierda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:578
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "El contenido de la entrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:593 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X alineación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:594 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:102
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"layouts."
2004-03-09 16:32:26 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La alineación horizontal, desde 0 (izquierda) hasta 1 (derecha). Al revés "
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
"para distribuciones D-->I."
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:832
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar en el foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:833
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica si se deben seleccionar los contenidos de una entrada cuando obtiene "
"el foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:276
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:277
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "El modelo para encontrar coincidencias"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:283
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Longitud mínima de clave"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:284
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Longitud mínima de la clave de búsqueda para buscar coincidencias"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:299 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:542
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:300
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Una columna del modelo que contiene las cadenas."
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:319
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Inline completion"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Completado en línea"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:320
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si el prefijo común debe insertarse automáticamente"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:334
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Popup completion"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Emerger el completado"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:335
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si las completaciones deben mostrarse en una ventana emergente"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:350
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "Anchura del emergente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:351
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Si es TRUE, la ventana emergente tendrá el mismo tamaño que la entrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:369
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup single match"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Coincidencia simple del emergente"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:370
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE, la ventana emergente aparecerá para una coincidencia simple."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Ventana visible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:123
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica si la caja de eventos es visible, como contraposición a invisible y "
"sólo usada por eventos trap."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:129
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Sobre el hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:130
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica si la ventana atrapadora de eventos de la caja de eventos está por "
"encima del widget hijo como oposición debajo de ésta."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:198
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:199
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica si el extensor ha sido abierto para revelar el widget hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:207
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto de la etiqueta del extensor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:222 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:336
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar marcado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:223 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:337
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "El texto de la etiqueta incluye marcas XML. Ver pango_parse_markup()"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:231
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espacio para colocar entre la etiqueta y el hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:170 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:201
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:241
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar de la etiqueta usual del extensor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:247 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:716
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño del extensor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:248 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:717
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño de la flecha del extensor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:257
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espaciado alrededor de la flecha del extensor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:203
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:204
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "El tipo de operación que el selector de archivo está realizando"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:210
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
msgid "File System Backend"
msgstr "Backend del sistema de archivos"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:211
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
msgstr "Nombre del backend del sistema de archivos a usar"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:216
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:217
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "El filtro actual para seleccionar qué archivos se están mostrando"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:222
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Sólo local"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:223
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica si los archivos seleccionados deberían ser limitados a archivos "
"locales: URLs"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:228
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de vista previa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:229
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Widget de aplicación suministrado para vistas preliminares personalizadas."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:234
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de vista previa activo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:235
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el widget suministrado por la aplicación para vistas previas "
"personalizadas debería mostrarse."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:240
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Use Preview Label"
2004-03-06 16:34:13 +00:00
msgstr "Usar etiqueta de vista previa"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:241
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
2004-03-09 16:32:26 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si se debe mostrar una etiqueta con el nombre del archivo "
"previsualizado."
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:246
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget extra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:247
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
msgstr "Widget de aplicación suministrado para opciones extra."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:252
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:253 ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:573
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica si pueden ser seleccionado múltiples archivos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:259
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar ocultos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:260
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica si los archivos y carpetas ocultas deben ser mostrados"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:266
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
msgstr "Hacer confirmación de sobreescritura"
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:267
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE will present an "
"overwrite confirmation dialog if the user selects a file name that already "
"exists."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si un selector de archivos en GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE presentará un diálogo de confirmación de sobreescritura si el usuario selecciona un nombre de archivo que ya exista."
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:338
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:339
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "El diálogo del selector de archivos a usar."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:354
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "El título del diálogo de selección de archivos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:368
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
2004-10-30 14:19:48 +00:00
msgstr "La anchura deseada del widget del botón, en caracteres."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:691
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2004-03-06 16:34:13 +00:00
msgstr "Backend predeterminado del selector de archivos"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:692
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
2004-03-06 16:34:13 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del backend del GtkFilechooser a usar por omisión"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:558 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:194
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nombre de archivo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:559
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The currently selected filename"
msgstr "El nombre del archivo actualmente seleccionado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:565
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show file operations"
msgstr "Mostrar operaciones de archivo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:566
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica si los botones de creación/manipulación de archivos deben ser "
"mostrados"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilesel.c:572
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:123 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:615
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:124 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:616
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X del widget hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:133 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:625
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:134 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:626
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y del widget hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:178
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "El título del diálogo de selección de tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:216
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nombre de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:194
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "El nombre de la tipografía seleccionada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:195
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar tipografía en la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:210
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica si la etiqueta se dibuja con la tipografía seleccionada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar tamaño en la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si la etiqueta se dibuja con el tamaño de tipografía seleccionado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:240
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar estilo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:241
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica si estilo de tipografía seleccionado se muestra en la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:255
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar tamaño"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:256
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el tamaño de tipografía seleccionado se muestra en la etiqueta"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:217
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The X string that represents this font"
msgstr "La cadena X que representa esta tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:224
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "La GdkFont que esta actualmente seleccionada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Vista previa del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:231
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El texto a mostrar como ejemplo para mostrar la tipografía seleccionada"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:129
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto de la etiqueta del marco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:136
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "xalign de la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:137
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "La alineación horizontal de la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:145
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "yalign de la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:146
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "La alineación vertical de la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:154 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:201
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
msgstr "Propiedad obsoleta, use shadow_type en reemplazo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:161
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra del marco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:162
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Apariencia del borde del marco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:171
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget a mostrar en lugar de la usual etiqueta del marco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:208 ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:227 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:205
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:153
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Apariencia de la sombra que rodea al contenedor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Manejador de posición"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:218
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición del manejador relativa al widget hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:226
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Borde ajustado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado de la caja manejadora que esta alineada con el punto de anclaje para "
"bloquear la caja manejadora"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:235
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Establecer el quiebre del borde"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:236
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica si se debe usar el valor desde la propiedad snap_edge o un valor "
"derivado de handle_position"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:505
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:506
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "El modo de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:524
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:525
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para obtener el pixbuf del icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:543
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para obtener el texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:562
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:563
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para obtener el texto su se usa marcado Pango"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:570
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de vista de icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:571
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "El modelo para la vista de icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:587
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:588
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns to display"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "El número de columnas que se mostrarán"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:605
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width for each item"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura de cada elemento"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:606
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The width used for each item"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "La anchura usada por cada elemento"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:622
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio que se introduce entre las celdas de un elemento"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:637
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado entre filas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:638
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio que se introduce entre las filas de la rejilla"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:653
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Column Spacing"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Espaciado entre columnas"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:654
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid column"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio que se introduce entre las columnas de la rejilla"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:669
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Margin"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Margen"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:670
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio que se introduce entre los bordes de la vista de icono"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:686 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:687
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Cómo se sitúan el texto y el icono para cada elemento relativo a los demás"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:703 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:618
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:704 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:619
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "Vista es reordenable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:711
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Color de la caja de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:712
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Color de la caja de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:718
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa de la caja de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:719
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidad de la caja de selección"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:162
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:163
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:170
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:171
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixmap a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:178
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imagen"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:179
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "Un GdkImage a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:186
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "Máscara"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:187
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr "Máscara de mapa de bits para usar con GdkImage o GdkPixmap"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:195
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nombre del archivo a cargar y mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:204
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para una imagen de inventario a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:211
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Establecer icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:212
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Establecer icono a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:219
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño del icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:220
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico a usar para el icono de fábrica, conjunto de iconos o icono "
"con nombre"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:236
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size"
2004-10-30 14:19:48 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño del píxel"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:237
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
2004-10-30 14:19:48 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño de pixel a usar para el icono con nombre"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:245
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:246
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:269
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:270
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "La representación empleada para los datos de la imagen"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:134
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget hijo que aparecerá al lado del texto del menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:139
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar imágenes del menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:140
2004-02-21 18:39:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica si deben mostrarse o no las imágenes en los menús"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:118 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:541
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "La pantalla donde será mostrada esta ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:323
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "El texto de la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:330
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Un lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar al texto de la etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:351 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:380 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:595
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justificación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:352
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"La alineación de las líneas en el texto de una etiqueta relativa a la otra."
"Esto NO afecta la alineación de la etiqueta dentro de su ubicación. Ver "
"GtkMisc::xalign para ello"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:360
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Modelo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:361
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Un cadena con caracteres _ en posiciones correspondientes a caracteres en el "
"texto a subrayar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:368
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Ajustar línea"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:369
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si esta definido, ajusta la líneas si el texto se vuelve demasiado ancho"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:375
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:376
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica si el texto de la etiqueta puede ser seleccionado con el ratón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:382
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Clave nemónica"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:383
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "La tecla nemotécnica de la combinación de teclas para esta etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:391
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget nemónico"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:392
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El widget que será activado cuando se presioné el la tecla mnemotécnica"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:436
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El lugar preferido para la elipsis de la cadena, si la etiqueta no tiene "
"suficiente espacio para mostrar la cadena completa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:476
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Single Line Mode"
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgstr "Modo de línea única"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:477
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si la etiqueta está en modo de línea única"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:494
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:495
2004-11-22 22:04:42 +00:00
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "ángulo al cual la etiqueta se rota"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:515
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura máxima en caracteres"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:516
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
2004-12-18 12:54:17 +00:00
msgstr "La anchura máxima deseada de la etiqueta, en caracteres"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:635 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:137
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Ajuste horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:636 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:240
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "El GtkAdjustment para la posición horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:643 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:145
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Ajuste vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:644 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:247
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "El GtkAdjustment para la posición vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:652
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "La anchura de la disposición"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:661
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "La altura de la disposición"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:532
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título del separador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:533
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que debe mostrarse por el administrador de ventanas cuando este "
"menú se encuentre cerrado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:547
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff State"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Estado de desprendimiento"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:548
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Un booleano que indica su el menú ha sido desprendido"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:554
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Relleno vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:555
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "El espacio adicional por encima y por debajo del menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:563
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desplazamiento vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:564
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cuando el menú es un submenú, colocarlo este número de píxeles desplazado "
"verticalmente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desplazamiento horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:573
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cuando el menú es un submenú, colocarlo este número de píxeles desplazado "
"horizontalmente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:583
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Adjunto izquierdo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:584 ../gtk/gtktable.c:206
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "La cantidad de columnas a añadirse hacia el lado izquierdo del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:591
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Adjunto derecho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:592
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "La cantidad de columnas a añadirse hacia el lado derecho del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:599
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Adjunto superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:600
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "El número de filas a añadirse hacia arriba del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:607
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Añadido inferior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:608 ../gtk/gtktable.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "El número de filas a añadirse hacia abajo del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:695
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Puede cambiar combinaciones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:696
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si las combinaciones de teclas del menú pueden ser cambiadas "
"presionando una tecla sobre el elemento de menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:701
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Retraso antes de que el submenú aparezca"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:702
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Tiempo mínimo en que el puntero debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que el submenú aparezca"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:709
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Retraso antes de ocultar un submenú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:710
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"El tiempo antes de ocultar un submenú cuando el puntero se este moviendo "
"hacia el submenú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:201
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección del empaquetado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:202
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "La dirección del empaquetado de la barra de menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:218
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección del empaquetado hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:219
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "La orientación del empaquetado hijo de la barra de menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:228
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo del bisel alrededor de la barra de menús"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:235 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:575
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Relleno interno"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:236
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidad de espacios del borde entre la sombra de la barra de menús y los "
"elementos de menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:243
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Retraso antes de los menús colgantes aparezcan"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:244
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Retardo antes de que los submenús de una barra de menús aparezcan"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:377
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Toma foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:378
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica si el menú toma el foco del teclado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:248 ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:196
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:249
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "El menú desplegable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:126
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Borde de la imagen/etiqueta"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:127
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr ""
"Ancho del borde alrededor de la etiqueta y la imagen en la ventana de "
"mensajes"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:142
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "Usar separador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:143
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
2004-02-12 15:38:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si se debe poner un separador entre el texto de diálogo del mensaje y "
"los botones."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:149
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaje"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:150
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "El tipo de mensaje.."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:157
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botones de mensaje"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:158
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Los botones mostrados en el diálogo de mensaje"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y alineación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:112
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "La alineación vertical, desde 0 (tope) a 1 (fondo)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:121
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "X pad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:122
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La cantidad de espacios a agregar a la izquierda y derecha del widget, "
"medido en píxeles."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:131
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Y pad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:132
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La cantidad de espacio a agregar por encima y por debajo de un widget, "
"medido en píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:405
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Página"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:406
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "La posición de la página actual"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:414
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Posición del tabulador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:415
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Qué lado del cuaderno contiene las solapas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:422
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Border"
msgstr "Borde de la solapa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:423
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
msgstr "Ancho del borde alrededor de la etiqueta de la solapa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:431
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
msgstr "Borde de la solapa horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:432
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
msgstr "Ancho del borde horizontal de las etiquetas de las solapas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:440
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
msgstr "Borde de la solapa vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:441
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
msgstr "Ancho del borde vertical de las etiquetas de las solapas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:449
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Mostrar solapas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:450
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indica si las solapas deben mostrarse o no"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:456
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar borde"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:457
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indica si el borde debe mostrarse o no"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:463
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desplazable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:464
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE, se agregan flechas de desplazamiento si hay demasiadas solapas "
"para entrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:470
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar emergente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:471
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE, presionando el botón derecho del ratón en el cuaderno emerge un "
"menú que puede usar para ir a una página"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:478
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
msgstr "Indica si las solapas deben tener tamaños homogéneos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:485
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de la solapa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:486
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "La cadena mostrada en la etiqueta de la solapa hija"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:492
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:493
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "La cadena mostrada en la entrada de menú hija"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:506
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Expansión de la solapa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:507
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si se deben expandir las solapas hijas o no"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:513
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Relleno de la solapa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:514
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si las solapas hijas deberían rellenar el área asignada o no"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:520
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de la solapa"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:536 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:116
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Separador trasero secundario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:537
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Muestra un segunda flecha de retroceso en el extremo opuesto del área de "
"tabulación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:553 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:124
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Separador delantero secundario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:554
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Mostrar una segunda flecha de avance en el extremo opuesto del área de "
"tabulación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:569 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Separador trasero"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:570 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:101
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar el botón estándar de flecha de retroceso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:585 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Separador delantero"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:586 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:109
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar el botón estándar de flecha de avance"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:197
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The menu of options"
msgstr "El menú de opciones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:204
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño del indicador descolgable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:210
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around indicator"
msgstr "Espaciado alrededor del indicador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:246
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Posición del separador enmarcado en píxeles (0 significa todo el trayecto "
"hacia la izquierda/arriba)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:254
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Establecer posición"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:255
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "TRUE si la propiedad posición debe ser usada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:261
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño del tirador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:262
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Anchura del tirador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:278
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:279
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "El valor más pequeño posible para la propiedad «posición»"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:296
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:297
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "El valor más grande posible para la propiedad «posición»"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:314
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:315
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Si es TRUE, el hijo se expande y encoge junto con el widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:330
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Encoger"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:331
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Si es TRUE, el hijo puede hacerse más pequeño que sus requisitos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpreview.c:135
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el widget de vista previa debe tomar el espacio entero adonde se "
"encuentra asignado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:132
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "Modo de actividad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:133
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something that you don't know how long it will take"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE el GtkProgress esta en modo actividad, indicando que señala que "
"algo ha pasado, pero no cuanto de la actividad esta terminada. Esto se usa "
"cuando está haciendo algo que no sabe cuánto tiempo puede tomar finalizarlo."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:140
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:141
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text"
msgstr "Indica si el avance debe mostrarse como texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:148
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Alineación x del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:149
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
"Un número entre 0.0 y 1.0 que especifica la alineación horizontal del texto "
"en el widget de progreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:157
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Alineación y del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogress.c:158
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
"Un número entre 0.0 y 1.0 que especifica la alineación vertical del texto en "
"el widget de progreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:145 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:338
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:146
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
msgstr "El GtkAdjustment conectado a la barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:154
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "Orientación y dirección del crecimiento de la barra de progreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:162
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bar style"
msgstr "Estilo de la barra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:163
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr "Indica el estilo visual de la barra en el modo porcentaje (obsoleto)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:171
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Step"
msgstr "Avance de actividad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:172
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El incremento usado para cada iteración en el modo actividad (obsoleto)"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Blocks"
msgstr "Bloques de actividad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:182
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode "
"(Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
"La cantidad de bloques que pueden caber en el área de la barra de progreso "
"en el modo actividad (obsoleto)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:191
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Discrete Blocks"
msgstr "Bloques discretos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:192
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete "
"style)"
msgstr ""
"El número de bloques discretos en la barra de progreso (cuando se muestre en "
"el estilo discreto)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:202
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "La fracción del trabajo total que ha sido completado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:211
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Avance del pulso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:212
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"La fracción del progreso total para mover el bloque rebotador cuando es "
"pulsado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:222
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que será mostrado en la barra de progreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:244
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progressbar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
"El lugar preferido para la elipsis de la cadena, si la barra de progreso no "
"tiene suficiente espacio para mostrar la cadena completa"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The value"
msgstr "El valor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:141
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"El valor devuelto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cuando esta "
"acción es la acción actual de su grupo."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:114
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:158
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "El botón de radio a cuyo grupo pertenece esta acción."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:115
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "El botón de radio del grupo al que pertenece este widget."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:329
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:330
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "Cómo se debe actualizar el rango en la pantalla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:339
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El GtkAdjustment que contiene el valor actual de este rango de objetos."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:346
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:347
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Invierte la dirección en que se mueve el divisor para incrementar el valor "
"del rango"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:353
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Ancho del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:354
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Ancho de la barra de desplazamiento o escala de huella"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:361
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Borde del canal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:362
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr "Espaciado entre la huella/separadores y los biseles exteriores"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:369
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño del separador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:370
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Longitud de los botones de paso al final"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:377
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado del separador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:378
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espaciado entre los botones de separación y la huella"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:385
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Elevación de la flecha X"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:386
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Cuan lejos en la dirección «X» mover la flecha cuando un botón es soltado"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:393
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Elevación de la flecha Y"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:394
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Distancia en la dirección «Y» en que se moverá la flecha cuando se suelte un "
"botón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:122
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Inferior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:123
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite inferior de la regla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:132
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:133
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite superior de la regla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:143
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Posición de la marca en la regla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:152
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:153
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo de la regla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:168
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "Métrica"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:169
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "La métrica que se usa para la regla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:173 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Dígitos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:174
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "La cantidad de lugares decimales que se mostrarán en el valor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:183
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de dibujo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:184
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el valor actual es mostrado como una cadena contigua al divisor"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:191
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición del valor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:192
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "La posición en que se muestra el valor actual"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:199
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Largo del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:200
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Largo de la escala del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:208
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado del valor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:209
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr "Espacio entre los valores de texto y el área del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:84
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo de las barras de desplazamiento del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fijo del divisor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:93
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr "No cambiar el tamaño del divisor, sólo bloquearlo en el tamaño mínimo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:117
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Muestra un segunda flecha de retroceso en el extremo opuesto de la barra de "
"desplazamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:125
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a secondary forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Mostrar un botón secundario de avance en el extremo opuesto de la barra de "
"desplazamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:239 ../gtk/gtktext.c:606
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:578
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajuste horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:246 ../gtk/gtktext.c:614
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:586
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Ajuste vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamiento de la barra de desplazamiento horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:254
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cuando la barra de desplazamiento horizontal es mostrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:261
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamiento de la barra de desplazamiento vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:262
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cuando se muestre la barra de desplazamiento vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:271
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Dónde se colocan los contenidos respecto a las barras de desplazamiento"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:279
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel alrededor de los contenidos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:286
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado de la barra de desplazamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:287
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre las barras de desplazamientos y la ventana desplazada"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Dibujar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:138
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica si el separador se dibuja, o sólo de deja en blanco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:199
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Tiempo del doble pulsación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:200
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tiempo máximo permitido entre dos pulsaciones para ser considerados como una "
"pulsación doble (en milisegundos)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:207
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Distancia de la pulsación doble"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:208
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dos pulsaciones para ser considerados como "
"una pulsación doble (en píxeles)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:215
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Parpadeo del cursor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:216
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica si el cursor debe parpadear"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:223
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tiempo de parpadeo del cursor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:224
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milleseconds"
msgstr "Duración del ciclo de parpadeo del cursor, en milisegundos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:231
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:232
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica si deben mostrarse dos cursores para el texto mezclado de izquierda-a-"
"derecha y derecha-a-izquierda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:239
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nombre del tema"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:240
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nombre del archivo de tema RC a cargar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:247
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nombre del tema de iconos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:248
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nombre del tema de iconos a utilizar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:256
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nombre del tema principal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:257
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nombre del archivo de tema RC principal a cargar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:265
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas de la barra de menús"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:266
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar la barra de menús"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:274
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Umbral del arrastre"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:275
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Cantidad de píxeles que el cursor puede mover antes de iniciar el arrastre"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:283
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nombre de la tipografía"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:284
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "Nombre de la tipografía predeterminada a utilizar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:292
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaños de los iconos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:293
2005-07-06 15:33:54 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "Lista de los tamaños de los iconos (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:301
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:302
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:311
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Antialias"
2004-02-27 14:28:40 +00:00
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:312
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si se deben suavizar los bordes de las tipografías Xft; 0=no,1=sí, -"
"1=predeterminado"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:321
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hinting"
2004-02-27 14:28:40 +00:00
msgstr "Hinting Xft"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:322
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si se debe usar el hinting de las tipografías Xft; 0=no, 1 =sí, -"
"1=predeterminado"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:331
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
2004-02-27 14:28:40 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo de hinting Xft"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:332
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2004-02-27 14:28:40 +00:00
msgstr "Qué grado de hinting usar: ninguno, ligero, medio o completo"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:341
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft RGBA"
2004-02-27 14:28:40 +00:00
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:342
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ninguno, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:351
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
2004-02-27 14:28:40 +00:00
msgstr "PPP Xft (DPI)"
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:352
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos/pulgada. -1 para usar el valor "
"predeterminado."
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:361
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme name"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del tema del cursor"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:362
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del tema de cursor que utilizar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:370
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme size"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño del tema del cursor"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:371
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Size to use for cursors"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño que se va a usar para los cursores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:381
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Alternative button order"
2004-10-30 14:19:48 +00:00
msgstr "Orden de los botones alternativo"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:382
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si los botones en los diálogos deben usar un orden de botones "
"alternativo"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:244
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:245
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
"component widgets"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Las direcciones en las cuales el tamaño del grupo afecta a los tamaños "
"solicitados de sus widgets componentes"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:262
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Ignore hidden"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Ignorar ocultas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:263
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, hidden widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si es verdadero, los widgets ocultos se ignoraran al determinar el tamaño "
"del grupo"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:244
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "El ajuste que mantiene el valor del botón giratorio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Tamaño de la escala"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:252
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "La tasa de aceleración cuando mantiene presionado un botón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:262
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "El número de lugares decimales a mostrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:271
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Ajustarse a los ticks"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:272
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica si los valores erróneos son cambiados automáticamente por el valor de "
"incremento mas cercano de un botón giratorio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:280
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica si los caracteres no numéricos deben ser ignorados"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:287
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:288
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica si un botón giratorio debe ajustarse hacia arriba hasta alcanzar sus "
"límites"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:295
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Actualizar Política"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:296
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el botón giratorio debe actualizarse siempre o sólo cuando el "
"valor es correcto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:305
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Lee los valores actuales, o fija un nuevo valor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:314
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel alrededor del botón giratorio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:178
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr "Tiene tirador de redimensión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:179
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr ""
"Indica si la barra de estado tiene un tirador para redimensionar el nivel "
"superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:206
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo del bisel alrededor del texto de la barra de estado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:161
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:162
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "El número de filas en la tabla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:170
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:171
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "El número de columnas en la tabla"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:179
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado entre filas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:180
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "La cantidad de espacio entre dos filas consecutivas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:188
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espaciado de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:189
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "La cantidad de espacio entre dos columnas consecutivas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:197
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogenous"
msgstr "Homogéneo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:198
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE this means the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE significa que las celdas de la tabla tienen todas la misma altura "
"y anchura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:205
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Añadido izquierdo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:212
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Añadido derecho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:213
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"El número de columnas a añadirse hacia el lado derecho de un widget hijo"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:219
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Añadido superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:220
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "El número de filas a añadirse hacia arriba del un widget hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:226
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Añadido inferior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:233
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opciones horizontales"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:234
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opciones que indicar el comportamiento horizontal del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:240
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opciones verticales"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:241
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opciones que especifican el comportamiento vertical del hijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:247
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Relleno horizontal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:248
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espacio extra en píxeles a colocar entre el hijo y sus vecinos izquierdos y "
"derechos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:254
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Relleno vertical"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:255
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espacio extra a colocar entre el hijo y sus vecinos superiores e inferiores, "
"en píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:607
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr "Ajuste horizontal para el widget de texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:615
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr "Ajuste vertical para el widget de texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:622
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line Wrap"
msgstr "Ajuste de línea"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:623
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr "Indica si las líneas se ajustan a los bordes del widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:630
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Word Wrap"
msgstr "Ajuste de palabra"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktext.c:631
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr "Indica si las palabras se ajustan a los bordes del widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:188
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Tabla de marcas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:189
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Tabla de marcas de texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:207
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual del búfer"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:201
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nombre de la marca"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:202
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nombre utilizado para referirse a la marca del texto. NULL para marcas "
"anónimas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:220
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Color de fondo como un (posiblemente no asignado) GdkColor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa del fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:228
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica si el color de fondo rellena el ancho completo de la línea o sólo el "
"ancho de los caracteres marcados"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:236
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr "Máscara de puntos del fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:237
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr "Bitmap a utilizar como una máscara cuando se dibuje el fondo del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:254
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Color de frente como un (posiblemente no asignado) GdkColor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:262
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr "Máscara de puntos del primer plano"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:263
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Bitmap a utilizar como una máscara cuando se arrastre primer plano del texto"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:270
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:271
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección del texto, por ejemplo: de izquierda-a-derecha o de derecha-a-"
"izquierda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:288
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Descripción de la tipografía como una cadena, ejemplo: «Sans Italic 12»"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:313
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Estilo de la tipografía como un PangoStyle, por ejemplo: PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:322
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
"Variante de la tipografía como una PangoVariant, por ejemplo: "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:331
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
"Peso de la tipografía como un entero, vea valores predefinidos en "
"PangoWeight; por ejemplo: PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:342
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Tipografía ajustada como un PangoStretch, ejemplo: PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:351
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño de la tipografía en unidades de Pango"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:361
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño de la tipografía como un factor de escala relativo al tamaño "
"predeterminado de la tipografía. Esta propiedad se adapta a los cambios del "
"tema, etc. por lo cual es recomendada. Pango define previamente algunas "
"escalas tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:381 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:596
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Justificación a la izquierda, derecha o centro"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:390
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
"El idioma en que está este texto, como un código ISO. Pango puede usar esto "
"como una ayuda cuando esta renderizando el texto. Si no se establece este "
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
"parámetro se usará por omisión lo más apropiado."
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:397
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Margen izquierdo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:398 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:605
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Ancho del margen izquierdo en píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:407
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Margen derecho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:408 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:615
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Ancho del margen derecho en píxeles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:418 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:624
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangrar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:419 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:625
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidad de píxeles para el sangrado del párrafo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:430
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"in Pango units"
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Desplazamiento del texto sobre la línea base (por debajo de la línea base si "
"la elevación es negativa) en unidades Pango"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:439
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima de las líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:440 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:549
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio en blanco encima de los párrafos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:449
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debajo de las líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:450 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:559
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio en blanco debajo de los párrafos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:460 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:569
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio en blanco entre las líneas ajustadas en un párrafo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:487 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:587
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si nunca deben ajustarse las líneas, a los límites de las palabras o "
"a los límites de los caracteres"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:496 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:634
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Solapas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:497 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:635
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Pestañas personalizadas para este texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:515
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:516
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si este texto está oculto."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:530
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del color de fondo del parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del color de fondo del parágrafo como una cadena"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:546
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Color de fondo del parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Color de fondo del parágrafo como un (posiblemente no asignado) GdkColor"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:560
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Establecer la altura completa del fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:561
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta a la altura del fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr "Establecer los puntos del fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta a la línea punteada del fondo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr "Establecer los puntos del frente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta a la línea punteada del frente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Establecer justificación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta la justificación del párrafo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Establecer margen izquierdo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el margen izquierdo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Conjunto de sangrado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta al sangrado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Píxeles·sobre el·conjunto·de·líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta la cantidad de píxeles sobre las líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Píxeles debajo del conjunto de líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Establecer los píxeles dentro del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si esta marca afecta la cantidad de píxeles entre las líneas ajustadas"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Fijado el margen derecho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el margen derecho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Modo de ajuste activado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta el modo de ajuste de línea"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Conjunto de tabuladores"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta las tabulaciones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Conjunto invisible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica si esta marca afecta la visibilidad del texto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background set"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Establecer el fondo del parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si esta etiqueta afecta el color de fondo del parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:548
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles sobre las líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:558
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles por debajo de las líneas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:568
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro del ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:586
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo ajuste"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:604
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Margen izquierdo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:614
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Margen derecho"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:642
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:643
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Si se muestra el cursor de inserción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:650
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:651
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "El búfer que se está mostrando"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:658
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobreescritura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:659
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica si el texto introducido sobreescribe el existente"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:666
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:667
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica si Tab resultará en un carácter tabulador introducido"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:676
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Error underline color"
2004-03-06 16:34:13 +00:00
msgstr "Color de subrayado de errores"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:677
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
2004-03-06 16:34:13 +00:00
msgstr "Color con el cual dibujar el subrayado de indicación de errores"
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear los mismos proxies como una acción de radio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:132
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica si la apariencia de los proxies para esta acción es como un proxy de "
"acción de radio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:136
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr "Si el botón de activación debería ser presionado hacia dentro o no"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:144
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Si el botón de activación esta en estado «intermedio»"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:151
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de dibujo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:152
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Si la parte de activación del botón es mostrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:509
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
msgstr "La orientación de la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:517
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo de la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:518
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Cómo dibujar la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:525
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar flecha"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:526
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si debe mostrarse una flecha si no cabe la barra de herramientas"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Tooltips"
msgstr "Consejos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:542
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
msgstr "Si los consejos de la barra de herramientas deben estar activados o no"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:551
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si el elemento debería recibir espacio extra cuando la barra crezca"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:559
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica si el elemento debería ser del mismo tamaño que otros elementos "
"homogéneos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:566
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño del espaciador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:567
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño de los espaciadores"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:576
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidad de espacio del borde entre la sombra de la barra de herramientas y "
"los botones"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:584
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo del espacio"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:585
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica si los espaciadores son líneas verticales o sólo blancos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:592
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relieve del botón"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:593
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel alrededor de los botones de la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:600
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo del bisel alrededor de la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:606
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo de la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:607
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si las barras de herramientas predeterminadas tienen sólo texto, "
"texto y iconos, sólo iconos, etc."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:613
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño del icono de la barra de herramientas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:614
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in default toolbars"
msgstr "Tamaño de los iconos el las barras de herramientas predeterminadas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar en el elemento."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Si se selecciona, un subrayado en la etiqueta de la propiedad indica que el "
"siguiente carácter debe utilizarse como el nemotécnico de la combinación de "
"teclas en el menú de sobrecarga"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget a usar como la etiqueta del elemento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:208
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID del inventario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "El icono de inventario mostrado en el elemento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:225
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nombre del icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:226
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "El nombre del icono del tema mostrado en el elemento"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:232
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icono del widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:233
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icono del widget pata mostrar en el elemento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:175
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica si el elemento de la barra de tareas es considerado importante. "
"Cuando está a TRUE, los botones de la barra de herramientas muestran texto "
"en modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:331
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:332
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "El modelo para el TreeModelSort a ordenar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:570
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:571
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "El modelo para la vista de árbol"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:579
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Ajuste horizontal para el widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:587
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Ajuste vertical para el widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:594
2005-04-23 15:51:55 +00:00
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceras visibles"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:595
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botones en los encabezados de columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:602
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceras pulsables"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:603
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Las cabeceras de las columnas responden a los eventos de pulsación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:610
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna extensora"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:611
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Define la columna para la columna extensora"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:626
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Consejo de las reglas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:627
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define un consejo para el motor del tema para dibujar las filas con colores "
"alternativos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:634
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Habilitar búsqueda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:635
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"La vista permite a los usuarios buscar en forma interactiva a través de las "
"columnas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:642
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de búsqueda"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:643
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Model column to search through when searching through code"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo para buscar dentro cuando se esta buscando código por medio "
"de ella"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:663
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fija"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:664
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Acelera GtkTreeView asumiendo que todas las filas tienen la misma altura"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:684
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Hover Selection"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Selección al pasar por encima"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:685
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Indica si la selección debería seguir al puntero"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:704
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Hover Expand"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Expandir al poner el cursor encima"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:705
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
2005-01-01 13:38:00 +00:00
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
2005-01-08 07:50:46 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica si las filas deben expandirse/contraerse cuando el puntero se mueve "
"sobre ellas"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:725
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura del separador vertical"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:726
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espacio vertical entre celdas. Debe ser un número par"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:734
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura del separador horizontal"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:735
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espacio horizontal entre celdas. Debe ser un número par"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:743
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir reglas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:744
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir el dibujado de filas con colores alternativos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:750
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar extensores"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:751
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crea los extensores sangrados"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:757
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Color de la fila par"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:758
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Color a usar para las filas pares"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:764
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Color de la fila impar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:765
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Color a usar para las filas impares"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:227
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica si se debe mostrar la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:234 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:463
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:235
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "La columna es ajustable por el usuario"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:243
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Ancho actual de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:252
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Espacio que se introduce entre las celdas"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:261
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionado de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Ancho fijo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:270
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Ancho fijo actual de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Ancho mínimo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:280
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Ancho mínimo permitido de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:289
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Ancho máximo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Ancho máximo permitido de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá en el encabezado de columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La columna obtiene compartición de anchura extra asignada para el widget"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Pulsable"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica si la cabecera puede ser pulsada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"Widget a colocar en el botón de la cabecera de la columna en lugar del "
"título de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alineación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:333
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Alineación X del texto o el widget de la cabecera de la columna"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:343
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica si la columna poder ser reordenada alrededor de las cabeceras"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:351
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica si se debe mostrar un indicador de ordenamiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:358
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orden de la ordenación"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:359
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que el indicador deberá indicar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:233
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica si deben añadirse tiradores a los menús"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:240
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición del IU combinado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:241
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Una cadena XML describiendo el IU combinado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:138
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"El GtkAdjustment que determina los valores de la posición horizontal para "
"este puerto de visión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:146
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"El GtkAdjustment que determina los valores de la posición vertical de este "
"puerto de visión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:154
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Determina como es dibujado el marco sombreado alrededor del puerto de visión"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:415
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nombre del widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:416
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "El nombre del widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:422
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget padre"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:423
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "El widget padre de este widget. Debe ser un widget contenedor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:430
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Petición de anchura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:431
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobreescribir el ancho solicitado del widget, o -1 si deber ser utilizado la "
"solicitud natural"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:439
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Petición de altura"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:440
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobreescribir la altura solicitada del widget, o -1 si deber ser utilizada "
"la solicitud natural"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:449
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica si el widget es visible"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:456
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica si el widget responde al ingreso"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:462
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application paintable"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Pintable por la aplicación"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:463
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr "Indica si la aplicación pintará directamente sobre el widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:469
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Puede enfocar"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:470
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica si el widget puede aceptar el foco de entrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:476
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Tiene foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:477
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica si el widget tiene el foco de entrada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:483
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "Tiene el foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:484
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica si el widget es el widget con foco dentro del nivel superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:490
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can default"
msgstr "Puede por omisión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:491
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr "Indica si el widget puede ser el widget predeterminado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:497
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Tiene por omisión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:498
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Indica si el widget es el widget predeterminado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:504
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Recibe por omisión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:505
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE el widget recibirá la acción predeterminada cuando obtiene el foco"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:511
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Hijo compuesto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:512
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica si el widget es parte de un widget compuesto"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:518
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:519
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"El estilo del widget, que contiene información sobre la apariencia (colores, "
"etc)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:525
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:526
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GtkEvents recibe este widget"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:533
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:534
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"La máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión conseguirá este "
"widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:541
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "No mostrar todo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:542
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica que gtk_widget_show_all() no debe afectar a este widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1448
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica si dibujar el foco indicador dentro de los widgets"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Dar foco al ancho de línea"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Ancho, en píxeles, de la línea indicadora del foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1462
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Dar foco a la línea con patrón punteado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1463
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón punteado utilizado para dibujar el indicador de foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1468
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Relleno del foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1469
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Ancho, en píxeles, entre el indicador de foco y la «caja» del widget"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1474
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Color del cursor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1475
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Color con el cual dibujar el cursor de inserción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1480
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Color secundario del cursor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1481
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Color con el cual dibujar el cursor de inserción secundario cuando se esta "
"editando una mezcla de texto de derecha-a-izquierda y izquierda-a-derecha"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1486
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de la línea del cursor"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1487
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "La proporción con la cual dibujar el cursor de inserción"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1492
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Draw Border"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Dibujar borde"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1493
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño de las áreas fuera de la reserva del widget para dibujar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:421
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:422
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "El tipo de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:430
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:431
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "El título de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:438
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:439
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr "Identificador único para la ventana a ser usado al restaurar la sesión"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:446
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr "Permitir encoger"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:448
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE la ventana no tiene tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE "
"es una mala idea el 99% de las veces"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:455
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr "Permitir crecimiento"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:456
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE los usuarios pueden expandir la ventana mas allá de su tamaño "
"mínimo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:464
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Si es TRUE los usuario pueden redimensionar la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:471
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:472
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"Si es TRUE, esta ventana es modal (no se pueden utilizar otras ventanas "
"mientras ésta este encima)"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:479
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:480
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "La posición inicial de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:488
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Anchura predeterminada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:489
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"El ancho predeterminado de la ventana, utilizado cuando se muestra "
"inicialmente la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:498
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Altura predeterminada"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:499
2004-11-29 19:41:21 +00:00
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"La altura predeterminada de la ventana, utilizado cuando se muestra "
"inicialmente la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:508
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruir con el padre"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:509
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Si esta ventana debería ser destruida cuando el padre se destruye"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:516
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icono"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:517
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icono para esta ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:533
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Nombre del icono del tema para esta ventana"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:548
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:549
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica si el nivel superior es la ventana activa actual"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:556
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco en el nivel superior"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:557
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica si el foco de entrada esta dentro de este GtkWindow"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:564
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Consejo de tipo"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:565
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Consejo para ayudar al ambiente de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"ventana es esta y como tratar con ella."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:573
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Ignorar barra de tareas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:574
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "TRUE si la ventana no debe esta en la barra de tareas."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:581
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Ignorar paginador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:582
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "TRUE si la ventana no debe estar en el paginador"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:589
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Urgent"
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "Urgente"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:590
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
2005-06-27 22:20:35 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE si la ventana debe llamar la atención del usuario."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:604
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar foco"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:605
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "TRUE si la ventana no debe recibir el foco de entrada."
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:619
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Focus on map"
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "Coco en el mapa"
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:620
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
2004-10-23 13:52:52 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE si la ventana debería recibir el foco de entrada al ser mapeada."
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:634
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:635
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica si la ventana debe ser decorada por el gestor de ventanas"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravedad"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:651
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "El tipo de gravedad de la ventana"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Cómo dibujar la cadena del método de entrada de preedit"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo del estado IM"
2005-07-24 16:47:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como dibujar el método de entrada de la barra de estado"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"
#~ msgstr "Indica si este texto esta oculto. No implementado en GTK 2.0"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#~ msgid "Width In Chararacters"
#~ msgstr "Anchura en caracteres"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether the browse dialog is visible or not."
#~ msgstr "Indica si el diálogo de examinar es visible o no."